Linux kernel mirror (for testing)
git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
kernel
os
linux
1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60/**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86/**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123/**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156/**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181/**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213/**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251/**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264/**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280/**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303/**
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305 *
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307 *
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313 *
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322 *
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324 */
325
326/**
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328 *
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335 */
336
337/**
338 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
339 *
340 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
341 *
342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
343 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
346 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
348 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
349 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
350 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
351 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
352 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
353 * compatibility only.
354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
355 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
357 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
359 *
360 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
361 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
362 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
364 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
366 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
368 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
369 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
370 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
371 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
373 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
374 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
375 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
376 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
377 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
378 *
379 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
380 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
381 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
382 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
383 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
384 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
385 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
386 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
387 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
388 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
389 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
390 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
391 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
393 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
394 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396 *
397 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
398 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
399 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
400 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
401 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
402 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
403 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
404 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
405 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
406 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
407 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
408 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
409 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
410 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
412 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
413 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
414 * attributes determining channel width.
415 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
417 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
418 *
419 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
421 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
423 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
424 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
425 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
426 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
427 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
429 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
430 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
431 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
432 * frame).
433 *
434 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
435 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
436 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
437 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
438 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
439 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
440 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
441 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
442 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
443 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
444 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
445 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
446 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
447 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
448 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
449 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
450 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
451 *
452 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
453 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
454 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
455 * global regdomain will be returned.
456 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
457 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
458 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
459 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
460 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
461 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
462 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
463 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
464 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
465 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
466 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
467 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
468 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
469 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
470 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
471 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
472 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
473 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
474 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
475 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
476 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
477 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
478 *
479 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
480 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
481 *
482 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
483 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
484 *
485 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
486 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
487 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
488 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
489 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
490 * added to all specified management frames generated by
491 * kernel/firmware/driver.
492 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
493 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
494 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
495 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
496 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
497 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
498 *
499 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
500 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
501 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
502 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
503 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
504 * be used.
505 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
506 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
507 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
508 * partial scan results may be available
509 *
510 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
511 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
512 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
513 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
514 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
515 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
516 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
517 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
518 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
519 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
520 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
521 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
522 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
523 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
524 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
525 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
526 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
527 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
528 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
529 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
530 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
531 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
532 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
533 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
534 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
535 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
536 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
537 * results available.
538 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
539 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
540 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
541 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
542 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
543 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
544 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
545 *
546 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
547 * or noise level
548 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
549 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
550 *
551 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
552 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
553 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
554 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
555 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
556 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
557 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
558 * ESS.
559 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
560 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
561 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
562 * authentication.
563 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
564 *
565 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
566 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
567 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
568 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
569 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
570 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
571 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
572 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
573 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
574 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
575 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
576 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
577 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
578 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
579 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
580 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
581 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
582 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
583 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
584 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
585 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
586 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
587 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
588 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
589 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
590 * the beacon hint was processed.
591 *
592 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
593 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
594 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
595 * authentication process.
596 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
597 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
598 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
599 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
600 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
601 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
602 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
603 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
604 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
605 * to the frame.
606 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
607 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
608 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
609 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
610 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
611 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
612 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
613 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
614 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
615 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
616 * pending authentication timed out).
617 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
618 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
619 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
620 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
621 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
622 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
623 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
624 * included).
625 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
626 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
627 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
628 * primitives).
629 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
630 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
631 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
632 *
633 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
634 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
635 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
636 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
637 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
638 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
639 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
640 *
641 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
642 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
643 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
644 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
645 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
646 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
647 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
648 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
649 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
650 * determined by the network interface.
651 *
652 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
653 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
654 * to the driver.
655 *
656 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
657 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
658 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
659 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
660 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
661 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
662 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
663 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
664 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
665 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
666 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
667 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
668 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
669 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
670 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
671 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
672 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
673 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
674 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
675 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
676 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
677 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
678 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
679 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
680 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
681 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
682 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
683 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
684 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
685 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
686 * a different BSS is desired.
687 * Background scan period can optionally be
688 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
689 * if not specified default background scan configuration
690 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
691 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
692 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
693 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
694 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
695 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
696 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
697 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
698 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
699 * well to remain backwards compatible.
700 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
701 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
702 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
703 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
704 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
705 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
706 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
707 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
708 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
709 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
710 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
711 *
712 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
713 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
714 *
715 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
716 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
717 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
718 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
719 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
720 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
721 * frequency for the operation.
722 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
723 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
724 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
725 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
726 * radio).
727 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
728 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
729 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
730 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
731 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
732 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
733 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
734 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
735 * uniquely identify the request.
736 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
737 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
738 *
739 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
740 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
741 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
742 *
743 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
744 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
745 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
746 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
747 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
748 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
749 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
750 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
751 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
752 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
753 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
754 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
755 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
756 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
757 * backward compatibility
758 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
759 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
760 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
761 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
762 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
763 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
764 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
765 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
766 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
767 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
768 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
769 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
770 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
771 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
772 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
773 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
774 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
775 * is used during CSA period.
776 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
777 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
778 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
779 * lower layers.
780 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
781 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
782 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
783 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
784 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
785 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
786 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
787 * wait time.
788 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
789 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
790 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
791 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
792 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
793 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
794 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
795 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
796 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
797 * backward compatibility.
798 *
799 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
800 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
801 *
802 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
803 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
804 * levels.
805 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
806 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
807 * reached.
808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
809 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
810 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
811 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
812 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
813 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
814 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
815 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
816 * precedence when they are used.
817 *
818 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
819 * (no longer supported).
820 *
821 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
822 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
823 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
824 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
825 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
826 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
827 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
828 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
829 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
830 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
831 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
832 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
833 * command, the feature is disabled.
834 *
835 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
836 * mesh config parameters may be given.
837 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
838 * network is determined by the network interface.
839 *
840 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
841 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
842 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
843 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
844 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
845 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
846 *
847 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
848 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
849 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
850 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
851 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
852 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
853 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
854 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
855 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
856 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
857 * depending on the authentication result.
858 *
859 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
860 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
861 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
862 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
863 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
864 * more background information, see
865 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
866 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
867 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
868 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
869 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
870 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
871 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
872 *
873 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
874 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
875 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
876 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
877 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
878 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
879 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
880 *
881 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
882 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
883 *
884 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
885 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
886 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
887 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
888 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
889 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
890 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
891 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
892 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
893 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
894 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
895 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
896 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
897 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
898 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
899 *
900 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
901 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
902 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
903 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
904 * is received.
905 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
906 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
907 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
908 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
909 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
910 *
911 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
912 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
913 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
914 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
915 *
916 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
917 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
918 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
919 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
920 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
921 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
922 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
923 *
924 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
925 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
926 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
927 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
928 *
929 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
930 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
931 *
932 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
933 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
934 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
935 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
936 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
937 * from the remote AP) is completed;
938 *
939 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
940 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
941 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
942 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
943 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
944 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
945 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
946 * interfaces to change channel as well.
947 *
948 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
949 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
950 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
951 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
952 * public action frame TX.
953 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
954 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
955 *
956 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
957 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
958 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
959 * is used for this.
960 *
961 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
962 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
963 *
964 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
965 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
966 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
967 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
968 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
969 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
970 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
971 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
972 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
973 *
974 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
975 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
976 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
977 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
978 * while operating on this channel.
979 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
980 * event.
981 *
982 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
983 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
984 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
985 *
986 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
987 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
988 *
989 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
990 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
991 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
992 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
993 *
994 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
995 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
996 * complete.
997 *
998 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
999 * return back to normal.
1000 *
1001 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1002 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1003 *
1004 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1005 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1006 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1007 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1008 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1009 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1010 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1011 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1012 * switch is complete.
1013 *
1014 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1015 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1017 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1018 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1019 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1020 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1021 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1022 *
1023 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1024 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1025 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1026 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1027 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1028 *
1029 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1030 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1031 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1032 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1033 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1034 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1035 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1036 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1037 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1038 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1039 * fail even if the check was successful.
1040 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1041 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1042 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1043 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1044 *
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1046 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1047 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1048 *
1049 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1050 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1051 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1052 * network is determined by the network interface.
1053 *
1054 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1055 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1056 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1057 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1058 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1059 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1060 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1061 * AP.
1062 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1063 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1064 * when this command completes.
1065 *
1066 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1067 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1068 * management.
1069 *
1070 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1071 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1072 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1073 *
1074 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1075 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1076 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1077 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1078 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1079 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1080 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1081 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1082 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1083 * added.
1084 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1085 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1086 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1087 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1088 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1089 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1090 * of the function upon success.
1091 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1092 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1093 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1094 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1095 * which just terminated.
1096 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1097 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1098 * the response to this command.
1099 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1100 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1101 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1102 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1103 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1104 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1105 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1106 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1107 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1108 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1109 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1110 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1111 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1112 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1113 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1114 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1115 *
1116 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1117 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1118 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1119 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1120 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1121 *
1122 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1123 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1124 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1125 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1126 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1127 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1128 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1129 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1130 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1131 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1132 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1133 * should be indicated instead.
1134 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1135 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1136 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1137 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1138 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1139 * 802.11 headers.
1140 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1141 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1142 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1143 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1144 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1145 * address of that link.
1146 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1147 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1148 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1149 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1150 *
1151 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1152 *
1153 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1154 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1155 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1156 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1157 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1158 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1159 *
1160 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1161 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1162 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1163 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1164 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1165 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1166 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1167 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1168 * command interface.
1169 *
1170 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1171 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1172 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1173 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1174 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1175 * MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1176 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1177 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1178 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1179 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1180 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1181 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1182 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1183 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1184 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1185 * authentication.
1186 *
1187 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1188 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1189 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1190 *
1191 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1192 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1193 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1194 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1195 *
1196 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1197 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1198 *
1199 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1200 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1202 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1203 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1204 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1205 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1206 * the netlink extended ack message.
1207 *
1208 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1209 *
1210 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1211 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1212 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1213 * buffer size.
1214 *
1215 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1216 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1217 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1218 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1219 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1220 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1221 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1222 *
1223 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1224 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1225 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1226 * determining the width and type.
1227 *
1228 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1229 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1230 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1231 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1232 *
1233 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1234 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1235 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1236 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1237 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1238 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1239 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1240 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1241 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1242 * rate selection.
1243 *
1244 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1245 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1246 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1247 *
1248 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1249 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1250 *
1251 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1252 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1253 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1254 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1255 *
1256 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1257 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1258 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1259 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1260 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1261 *
1262 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1263 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1264 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1265 *
1266 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1267 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1268 *
1269 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1270 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1271 *
1272 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1273 * started
1274 *
1275 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1276 * been aborted
1277 *
1278 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1279 * has completed
1280 *
1281 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1282 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1283 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1284 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1285 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1286 *
1287 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1288 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1289 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1290 * specify the timeout value.
1291 *
1292 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1293 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1294 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1295 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1296 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1297 *
1298 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1299 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1300 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1301 *
1302 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1303 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1304 */
1305enum nl80211_commands {
1306/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1307 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1308
1309 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1310 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1311 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1312 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1313
1314 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1315 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1316 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1317 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1318
1319 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1320 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1321 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1322 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1323
1324 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1325 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1326 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1327 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1328 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1329 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1330
1331 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1332 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1333 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1334 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1335
1336 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1337 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1338 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1339 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1340
1341 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1342
1343 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1344 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1345
1346 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1347 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1348
1349 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1350
1351 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1352
1353 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1354 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1355 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1356 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1357
1358 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1359
1360 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1361 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1362 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1363 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1364
1365 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1366
1367 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1368
1369 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1370 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1371
1372 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1373
1374 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1375 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1376 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1377
1378 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1379
1380 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1381 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1382
1383 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1384 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1385 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1386
1387 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1388 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1389
1390 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1391
1392 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1393 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1394 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1395 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1396 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1397 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1398
1399 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1400 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1401
1402 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1403 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1404
1405 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1406 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1407
1408 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1409
1410 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1411 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1412
1413 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1414 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1415
1416 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1417
1418 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1419 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1420
1421 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1422 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1423 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1424 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1425
1426 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1427
1428 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1429
1430 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1431 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1432
1433 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1434
1435 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1436
1437 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1438
1439 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1440
1441 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1442
1443 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1444
1445 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1446 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1447
1448 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1449
1450 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1451
1452 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1453
1454 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1455
1456 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1457
1458 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1459 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1460
1461 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1462 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1463
1464 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1465 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1466
1467 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1468
1469 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1470
1471 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1472
1473 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1474 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1475
1476 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1477
1478 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1479 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1480
1481 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1482
1483 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1484 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1485
1486 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1487
1488 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1489
1490 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1491 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1492 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1493 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1494 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1495 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1496
1497 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1498
1499 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1500
1501 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1502 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1503
1504 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1505
1506 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1507
1508 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1509
1510 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1511
1512 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1513
1514 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1515
1516 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1517 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1518 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1519
1520 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1521
1522 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1523
1524 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1525
1526 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1527
1528 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1529
1530 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1531
1532 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1533
1534 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1535
1536 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1537
1538 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1539 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1540 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1541
1542 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1543
1544 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1545
1546 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1547 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1548
1549 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1550 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1551 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1552
1553 /* add new commands above here */
1554
1555 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1556 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1557 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1558};
1559
1560/*
1561 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1562 * here
1563 */
1564#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1565#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1566#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1567#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1568#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1569#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1570#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1571#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1572
1573#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1574
1575/* source-level API compatibility */
1576#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1577#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1578#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1579
1580/**
1581 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1582 *
1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1584 *
1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1586 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1590 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1591 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1592 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1593 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1595 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1596 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1598 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1599 * operating channel center frequency.
1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1601 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1603 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1604 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1605 * this attribute)
1606 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1607 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1608 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1609 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1611 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1612 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1614 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1615 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1617 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1618 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1620 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1621 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1623 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1624 *
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1628 *
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1630 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1633 *
1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1635 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1636 * keys
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1639 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1641 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1644 * default management key
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1646 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1648 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1649 *
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1654 *
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1657 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1659 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1661 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1662 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1664 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1666 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1667 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1668 *
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1670 * consisting of a nested array.
1671 *
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1674 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1677 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1678 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1679 *
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1681 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1682 *
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1684 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1685 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1686 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1687 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1688 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1689 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1690 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1691 * to a specific alpha2.
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1693 * rules.
1694 *
1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1697 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1699 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1701 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1702 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1703 *
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1705 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1706 *
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1708 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1709 * of the interface mode.
1710 *
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1712 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1713 *
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1715 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1716 *
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1718 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1720 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1722 * that can be added to a scan request
1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1724 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1726 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1727 *
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1730 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1732 *
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1734 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1736 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1737 *
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1739 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1740 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1741 *
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1743 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1744 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1747 * represented as a u32
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1749 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1750 *
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1752 * a u32
1753 *
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1755 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1756 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1757 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1758 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1760 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1761 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1762 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1763 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1764 *
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1766 * cipher suites
1767 *
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1769 * for other networks on different channels
1770 *
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1772 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1773 *
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1775 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1776 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1777 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1778 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1779 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1780 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1781 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1782 *
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1784 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1785 *
1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1787 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1788 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1789 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1790 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1791 * default in station mode.
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1793 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1794 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1795 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1796 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1797 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1799 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1800 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1802 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1803 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1804 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1805 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1806 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1807 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1808 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1809 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1810 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1811 *
1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1813 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1814 *
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1816 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1817 * a local disconnect request.
1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1819 * event (u16)
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1821 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1822 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1823 *
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1825 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1826 * (an array of u32).
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1828 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1829 * u32).
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1831 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1832 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1834 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1835 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1836 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1837 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1838 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1839 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1840 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1841 *
1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1843 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1845 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1846 *
1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1848 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1849 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1850 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1851 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1854 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1856 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1857 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1858 *
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1860 *
1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1862 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1863 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1864 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1865 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1866 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1867 * completely from scratch.
1868 *
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1870 *
1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1872 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1873 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1874 *
1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1877 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1878 *
1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1881 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1882 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1883 *
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1885 *
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1887 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1888 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1889 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1890 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1891 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1892 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1893 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1894 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1895 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1896 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1897 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1898 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1899 *
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1901 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1903 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1905 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1906 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1907 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1909 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1910 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1911 *
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1913 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1914 *
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1916 *
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1918 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1921 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1922 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1923 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1924 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1925 *
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1927 * connected to this BSS.
1928 *
1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1930 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1932 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1933 * for non-automatic settings.
1934 *
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1936 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1937 *
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1939 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1940 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1941 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1942 *
1943 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1944 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1945 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1946 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1947 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1948 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1949 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1950 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1951 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1952 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1953 *
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1955 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1956 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1957 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1958 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1959 *
1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1961 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1962 *
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1964 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1965 *
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1967 *
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1969 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1970 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1971 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1972 * nl80211 capability flag.
1973 *
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1975 *
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1977 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1978 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1979 *
1980 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1981 * changed once the mesh is active.
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1983 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1985 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1986 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1988 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1989 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1990 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1991 *
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1993 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1995 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1996 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1997 * triggers.
1998 *
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2000 * cycles, in msecs.
2001 *
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2003 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
2004 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
2005 * pass-thru filter rules.
2006 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2007 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2008 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2009 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2010 * able to ignore them by itself.
2011 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2012 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2013 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2014 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2015 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2016 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2017 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2018 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2019 *
2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2021 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2022 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2024 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2025 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2026 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2027 *
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2029 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2030 *
2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2032 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2033 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2034 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2035 *
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2037 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2038 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2039 *
2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2041 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2042 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2043 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2045 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2046 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2047 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2048 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2049 *
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2051 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2053 * as AP.
2054 *
2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2056 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2057 *
2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2059 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2060 *
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2062 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2063 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2064 * applications use this attribute.
2065 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2066 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2067 *
2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2069 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2070 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2072 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2074 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2076 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2078 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2079 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2080 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2081 *
2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2083 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2084 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2085 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2086 *
2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2088 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2089 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2090 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2091 *
2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2093 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2094 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2095 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2096 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2097 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2098 *
2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2100 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2101 * to be filled by the FW.
2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2103 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2104 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2106 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2107 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2109 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2110 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2112 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2113 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2114 * The values that may be configured are:
2115 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2116 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2117 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2118 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2119 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2120 *
2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2122 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2123 * to one DFS region.
2124 *
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2126 * up to 16 TIDs.
2127 *
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2129 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2130 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2131 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2132 * capability to timeout the stations.
2133 *
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2135 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2136 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2137 *
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2139 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2140 *
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2142 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2143 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2144 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2145 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2146 *
2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2148 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2149 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2150 *
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2152 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2153 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2154 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2155 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2156 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2157 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2158 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2159 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2160 * consistent.
2161 *
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2163 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2164 *
2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2166 *
2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2168 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2170 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2171 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2172 * no change is made.
2173 *
2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2175 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2176 *
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2178 * carried in a u32 attribute
2179 *
2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2181 * MAC ACL.
2182 *
2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2184 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2185 * ACL.
2186 *
2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2188 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2189 *
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2191 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2192 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2194 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2195 *
2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2197 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2198 *
2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2200 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2201 * and PU-APSD.
2202 *
2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2204 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2205 *
2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2207 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2208 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2209 *
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2211 *
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2213 * Element
2214 *
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2216 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2218 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2219 *
2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2221 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2222 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2223 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2224 *
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2226 *
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2228 * until the channel switch event.
2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2230 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2231 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2232 * was requested by the AP.
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2234 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2236 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2237 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2238 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2239 *
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2241 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2242 *
2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2244 *
2245 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2246 * operating classes.
2247 *
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2249 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2250 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2251 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2252 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2253 * IBSS network.
2254 *
2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2256 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2258 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2259 *
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2261 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2263 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2264 * u8 attribute.
2265 *
2266 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2267 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2269 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2270 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2272 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2273 *
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2275 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2276 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2277 *
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2280 *
2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2282 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2283 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2284 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2285 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2286 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2287 *
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2289 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2291 * supported number of csa counters.
2292 *
2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2294 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2295 *
2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2297 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2298 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2299 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2300 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2301 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2302 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2303 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2304 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2305 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2306 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2307 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2308 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2309 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2310 * multicast group.
2311 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2312 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2313 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2314 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2315 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2316 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2317 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2318 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2319 *
2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2321 * the TDLS link initiator.
2322 *
2323 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2324 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2325 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2326 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2327 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2328 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2329 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2330 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2331 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2332 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2333 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2334 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2335 *
2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2337 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2338 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2339 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2340 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2341 *
2342 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2345 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2346 *
2347 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2348 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2349 *
2350 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2351 *
2352 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2353 *
2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2355 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2356 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2357 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2358 *
2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2360 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2361 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2362 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2363 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2364 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2365 *
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2367 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2368 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2369 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2370 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2371 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2372 * over all channels.
2373 *
2374 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2375 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2376 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2377 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2378
2379 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2380 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2381 *
2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2383 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2385 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2387 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2389 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2390 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2391 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2392 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2393 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2395 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2396 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2397 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2398 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2399 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2400 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2401 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2402 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2403 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2404 *
2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2406 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2407 *
2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2409 *
2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2412 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2413 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2414 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2415 * present.
2416 *
2417 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2418 * groupID for monitor mode.
2419 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2420 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2421 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2422 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2423 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2424 * each group.
2425 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2426 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2427 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2428 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2429 * groupID data.
2430 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2432 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2433 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2434 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2435 *
2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2437 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2438 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2439 * attribute must not be included).
2440 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2441 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2443 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2444 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2445 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2446 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2447 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2448 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2449 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2450 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2451 *
2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2453 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2454 *
2455 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2456 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2457 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2458 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2459 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2460 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2461 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2462 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2463 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2464 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2465 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2466 * the device will decide what to use.
2467 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2468 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2469 * attribute.
2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2471 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2472 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2473 * protection.
2474 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2475 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2476 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2477 *
2478 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2479 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2480 *
2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2482 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2483 *
2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2485 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2486 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2487 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2488 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2489 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2490 * unnecessary wakeups.
2491 *
2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2493 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2494 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2495 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2496 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2497 *
2498 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2499 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2500 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2501 *
2502 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2503 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2504 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2505 *
2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2507 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2508 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2509 *
2510 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2511 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2512 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2513 *
2514 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2515 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2516 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2517 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2518 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2519 *
2520 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2521 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2522 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2523 *
2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2525 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2526 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2527 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2528 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2529 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2530 * is included as well.
2531 *
2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2533 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2534 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2535 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2536 *
2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2538 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2539 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2541 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2542 *
2543 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2544 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2545 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2546 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2547 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2548 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2549 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2550 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2551 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2552 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2553 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2554 *
2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2556 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2557 *
2558 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2559 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2560 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2561 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2562 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2563 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2564 * enforced.
2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2566 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2567 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2568 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2569 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2570 *
2571 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2572 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2573 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2574 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2575 *
2576 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2577 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2578 *
2579 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2580 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2581 * invalid value.
2582 *
2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2584 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2585 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2586 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2587 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2588 *
2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2590 * scheduler.
2591 *
2592 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2593 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2594 * possible values.
2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2596 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2597 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2598 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2599 * or per-station.
2600 *
2601 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2602 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2603 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2604 *
2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2606 *
2607 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2608 * functionality.
2609 *
2610 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2611 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2612 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2613 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2614 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2615 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2616 *
2617 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2618 * (u16).
2619 *
2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2621 *
2622 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2623 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2624 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2625 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2626 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2627 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2628 *
2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2630 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2631 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2632 * attributes.
2633 *
2634 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2635 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2636 *
2637 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2638 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2639 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2640 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2641 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2642 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2643 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2644 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2645 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2646 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2647 *
2648 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2649 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2650 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2651 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2652 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2653 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2654 * has expired.
2655 *
2656 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2657 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2658 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2659 * disassociation is still forced.
2660 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2661 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2662 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2663 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2664 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2665 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2666 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2667 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2668 *
2669 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2670 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2671 *
2672 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2673 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2674 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2675 *
2676 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2677 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2678 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2679 *
2680 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2681 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2682 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2683 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2684 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2685 *
2686 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2687 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2688 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2689 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2690 *
2691 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2692 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2693 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2694 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2695 *
2696 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2697 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2698 * is desired.
2699 *
2700 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2701 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2702 *
2703 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2704 * until the color switch event.
2705 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2706 * switching to
2707 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2708 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2709 *
2710 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2711 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2712 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2713 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2714 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2715 * parameters.
2716 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2717 *
2718 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2719 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2720 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2721 *
2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2723 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2724 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2725 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2726 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2727 * radar channel.
2728 *
2729 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2730 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2731 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2732 *
2733 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2734 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2735 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2736 *
2737 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2738 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2739 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2740 * per-link information and a link ID.
2741 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2742 * authenticate/associate.
2743 *
2744 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2745 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2746 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2747 *
2748 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2749 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2750 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2751 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2752 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2753 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2754 *
2755 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2756 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2757 *
2758 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2759 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2760 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2761 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2762 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2763 * the ack TX timestamp.
2764 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2765 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2766 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2767 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2768 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2769 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2770 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2771 * (re)associations.
2772 *
2773 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2774 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2775 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2776 * reserved.
2777 *
2778 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2779 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2780 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2781 */
2782enum nl80211_attrs {
2783/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2784 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2785
2786 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2787 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2788
2789 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2790 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2791 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2792
2793 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2794
2795 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2796 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2797 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2798 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2799 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2800
2801 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2802 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2803 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2804 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2805
2806 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2807 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2808 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2809 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2810 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2811 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2812
2813 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2814
2815 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2816
2817 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2818 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2819 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2820 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2821
2822 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2823 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2824 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2825
2826 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2827
2828 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2829
2830 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2831 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2832
2833 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2834
2835 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2836
2837 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2838 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2839 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2840
2841 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2842
2843 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2844 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2845
2846 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2847
2848 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2849 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2850 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2851 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2852
2853 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2854 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2855
2856 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2857
2858 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2859 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2860 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2861 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2862
2863 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2864
2865 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2866 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2867
2868 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2869 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2870
2871 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2872
2873
2874 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2875 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2876 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2877 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2878
2879 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2880
2881 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2882
2883 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2884
2885 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2886
2887 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2888
2889 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2890
2891 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2892 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2893
2894 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2895 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2896 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2897 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2898
2899 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2900 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2901
2902 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2903
2904 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2905 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2906
2907 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2908
2909 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2910
2911 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2912
2913 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2914 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2915
2916 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2917
2918 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2919
2920 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2921
2922 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2923
2924 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2925
2926 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2927
2928 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2929
2930 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2931
2932 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2933
2934 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2935
2936 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2937 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2938
2939 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2940 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2941 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2942
2943 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2944 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2945
2946 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2947
2948 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2949 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2950
2951 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2952
2953 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2954
2955 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2956
2957 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2958
2959 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2960
2961 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2962
2963 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2964 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2965
2966 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2967 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2968
2969 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2970 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2971
2972 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2973
2974 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2975 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2976
2977 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2978
2979 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2980 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2981
2982 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2983
2984 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2985
2986 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2987 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2988
2989 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2990 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2991
2992 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2993
2994 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2995 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2996
2997 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2998
2999 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3000
3001 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3002 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3003 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3004 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3005 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3006
3007 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3008
3009 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3010
3011 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3012
3013 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3014
3015 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3016
3017 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3018
3019 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3020 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3021
3022 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3023
3024 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3025
3026 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3027
3028 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3029
3030 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3031
3032 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3033
3034 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3035
3036 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3037
3038 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3039
3040 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3041
3042 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3043 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3044 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3045
3046 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3047 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3048
3049 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3050
3051 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3052
3053 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3054
3055 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3056
3057 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3058
3059 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3060 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3061
3062 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3063 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3064
3065 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3066 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3067
3068 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3069 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3070
3071 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3072 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3073
3074 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3075 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3076
3077 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3078
3079 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3080
3081 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3082 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3083 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3084 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3085 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3086
3087 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3088
3089 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3090
3091 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3092
3093 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3094
3095 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3096 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3097
3098 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3099
3100 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3101 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3102 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3103 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3104
3105 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3106
3107 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3108 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3109
3110 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3111
3112 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3113
3114 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3115
3116 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3117 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3118
3119 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3120
3121 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3122
3123 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3124
3125 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3126 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3127 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3128
3129 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3130
3131 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3132
3133 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3134
3135 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3136
3137 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3138
3139 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3140
3141 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3142
3143 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3144
3145 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3146
3147 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3148 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3149 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3150 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3151
3152 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3153
3154 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3155
3156 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3157
3158 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3159
3160 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3161
3162 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3163 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3164
3165 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3166 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3167 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3168 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3169
3170 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3171
3172 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3173 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3174 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3175 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3176
3177 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3178 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3179
3180 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3181
3182 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3183
3184 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3185 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3186
3187 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3188
3189 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3190 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3191 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3192 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3193 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3194
3195 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3196
3197 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3198 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3199
3200 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3201 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3202 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3203
3204 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3205 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3206
3207 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3208 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3209
3210 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3211
3212 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3213 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3214 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3215 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3216
3217 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3218
3219 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3220
3221 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3222
3223 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3224
3225 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3226
3227 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3228 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3229 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3230
3231 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3232
3233 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3234
3235 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3236
3237 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3238 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3239
3240 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3241
3242 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3243
3244 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3245
3246 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3247
3248 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3249
3250 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3251 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3252
3253 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3254 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3255 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3256 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3257
3258 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3259
3260 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3261
3262 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3263
3264 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3265 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3266
3267 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3268
3269 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3270
3271 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3272
3273 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3274
3275 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3276
3277 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3278 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3279 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3280
3281 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3282 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3283
3284 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3285
3286 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3287
3288 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3289
3290 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3291
3292 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3293 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3294 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3295
3296 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3297
3298 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3299
3300 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3301 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3302
3303 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3304 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3305 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3306
3307 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3308
3309 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3310
3311 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3312 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3313 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3314};
3315
3316/* source-level API compatibility */
3317#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3318#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3319#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3320#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3321#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3322#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3323
3324/*
3325 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3326 * here
3327 */
3328#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3329#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3330#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3331#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3332#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3333#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3334#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3335#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3336#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3337#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3338#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3339#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3340#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3341#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3342#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3343#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3344#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3345#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3346#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3347#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3348#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3349
3350#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3351
3352#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3353#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3354#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3355#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3356#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3357#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3358#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3359#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3360#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3361#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3362#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3363
3364/*
3365 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3366 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3367 */
3368#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3369#define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3370#define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3371
3372#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3373
3374/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3375#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3376
3377#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3378
3379/**
3380 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3381 *
3382 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3383 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3384 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3385 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3386 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3387 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3388 * AP type interface.
3389 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3390 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3391 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3392 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3393 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3394 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3395 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3396 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3397 * commands to create and destroy one
3398 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3399 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3400 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3401 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3402 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3403 *
3404 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3405 * to set the type of an interface.
3406 *
3407 */
3408enum nl80211_iftype {
3409 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3410 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3411 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3412 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3413 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3414 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3415 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3416 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3417 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3418 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3419 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3420 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3421 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3422
3423 /* keep last */
3424 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3425 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3426};
3427
3428/**
3429 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3430 *
3431 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3432 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3433 *
3434 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3435 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3436 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3437 * with short barker preamble
3438 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3439 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3440 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3441 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3442 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3443 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3444 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3445 * as errors.)
3446 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3447 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3448 * previously added station into associated state
3449 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3450 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3451 */
3452enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3453 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3454 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3455 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3456 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3457 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3458 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3459 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3460 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3461
3462 /* keep last */
3463 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3464 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3465};
3466
3467/**
3468 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3469 *
3470 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3471 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3472 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3473 */
3474enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3475 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3476 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3477
3478 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3479};
3480
3481#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3482
3483/**
3484 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3485 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3486 * @set: which values to set them to
3487 *
3488 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3489 */
3490struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3491 __u32 mask;
3492 __u32 set;
3493} __attribute__((packed));
3494
3495/**
3496 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3497 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3498 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3499 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3500 */
3501enum nl80211_he_gi {
3502 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3503 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3504 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3505};
3506
3507/**
3508 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3509 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3510 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3511 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3512 */
3513enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3514 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3515 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3516 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3517};
3518
3519/**
3520 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3521 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3522 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3523 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3524 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3525 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3526 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3527 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3528 */
3529enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3530 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3531 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3532 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3533 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3534 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3535 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3536 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3537};
3538
3539/**
3540 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3541 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3542 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3543 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3544 */
3545enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3546 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3547 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3548 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3549};
3550
3551/**
3552 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3553 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3554 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3555 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3556 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3557 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3558 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3559 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3560 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3561 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3562 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3563 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3564 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3565 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3566 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3567 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3568 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3569 */
3570enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3571 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3572 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3573 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3574 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3575 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3576 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3577 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3578 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3579 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3580 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3581 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3582 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3583 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3584 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3585 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3586 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3587};
3588
3589/**
3590 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3591 *
3592 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3593 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3594 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3595 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3596 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3597 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3598 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3599 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3600 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3601 *
3602 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3603 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3604 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3605 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3606 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3607 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3608 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3609 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3610 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3611 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3612 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3613 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3614 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3615 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3616 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3617 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3618 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3619 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3620 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3621 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3622 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3623 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3624 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3625 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3626 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3627 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3628 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3629 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3630 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3631 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3632 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3633 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3634 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3635 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3636 */
3637enum nl80211_rate_info {
3638 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3639 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3640 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3641 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3642 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3643 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3644 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3645 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3646 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3647 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3648 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3649 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3650 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3651 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3652 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3653 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3654 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3655 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3656 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3657 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3658 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3659 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3660 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3661
3662 /* keep last */
3663 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3664 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3665};
3666
3667/**
3668 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3669 *
3670 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3671 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3672 *
3673 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3674 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3675 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3676 * (flag)
3677 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3678 * (flag)
3679 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3680 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3681 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3682 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3683 */
3684enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3685 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3686 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3687 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3688 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3689 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3690 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3691
3692 /* keep last */
3693 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3694 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3695};
3696
3697/**
3698 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3699 *
3700 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3701 * when getting information about a station.
3702 *
3703 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3704 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3705 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3706 * (u32, from this station)
3707 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3708 * (u32, to this station)
3709 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3710 * (u64, from this station)
3711 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3712 * (u64, to this station)
3713 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3714 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3715 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3716 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3717 * (u32, from this station)
3718 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3719 * (u32, to this station)
3720 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3721 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3722 * (u32, to this station)
3723 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3724 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3725 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3726 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3727 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3728 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3729 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3730 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3731 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3732 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3733 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3734 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3735 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3736 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3737 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3738 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3739 * non-peer STA
3740 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3741 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3742 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3743 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3744 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3745 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3746 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3747 * (u64)
3748 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3749 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3750 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3751 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3752 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3753 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3754 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3755 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3756 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3757 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3758 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3759 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3760 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3761 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3762 * (u32, from this station)
3763 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3764 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3765 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3766 * might not be fully accurate.
3767 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3768 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3769 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3770 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3771 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3772 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3773 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3774 * of STA's association
3775 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3776 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3777 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3778 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3779 */
3780enum nl80211_sta_info {
3781 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3782 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3783 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3784 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3785 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3786 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3787 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3788 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3789 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3790 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3791 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3792 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3793 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3794 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3795 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3796 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3797 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3798 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3799 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3800 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3801 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3802 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3803 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3804 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3805 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3806 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3807 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3808 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3809 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3810 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3811 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3812 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3813 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3814 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3815 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3816 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3817 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3818 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3819 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3820 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3821 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3822 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3823 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3824 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3825
3826 /* keep last */
3827 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3828 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3829};
3830
3831/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3832#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3833
3834
3835/**
3836 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3837 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3838 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3839 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3840 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3841 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3842 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3843 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3844 * MSDUs (u64)
3845 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3846 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3847 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3848 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3849 */
3850enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3851 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3852 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3853 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3854 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3855 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3856 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3857 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3858
3859 /* keep last */
3860 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3861 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3862};
3863
3864/**
3865 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3866 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3867 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3868 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3869 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3870 * backlogged
3871 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3872 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3873 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3874 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3875 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3876 * (only for per-phy stats)
3877 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3878 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3879 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3880 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3881 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3882 */
3883enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3884 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3885 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3886 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3887 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3888 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3889 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3890 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3891 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3892 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3893 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3894 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3895 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3896
3897 /* keep last */
3898 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3899 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3900};
3901
3902/**
3903 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3904 *
3905 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3906 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3907 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3908 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3909 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3910 */
3911enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3912 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3913 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3914 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3915 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3916 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3917};
3918
3919/**
3920 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3921 *
3922 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3923 * information about a mesh path.
3924 *
3925 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3926 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3927 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3928 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3929 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3930 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3931 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3932 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3933 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3934 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3935 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3936 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3937 * currently defined
3938 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3939 */
3940enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3941 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3942 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3943 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3944 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3945 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3946 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3947 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3948 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3949 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3950 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3951
3952 /* keep last */
3953 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3954 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3955};
3956
3957/**
3958 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3959 *
3960 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3961 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3962 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3963 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3964 * capabilities IE
3965 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3966 * capabilities IE
3967 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3968 * capabilities IE
3969 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3970 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3971 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3972 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
3973 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3974 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3975 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
3976 * capabilities element
3977 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
3978 * capabilities element
3979 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
3980 * capabilities element
3981 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
3982 * defined in EHT capabilities element
3983 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3984 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3985 */
3986enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3987 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3988
3989 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3990 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3991 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3992 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3993 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3994 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3995 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3996 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
3997 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
3998 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
3999 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4000
4001 /* keep last */
4002 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4003 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4004};
4005
4006/**
4007 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4008 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4009 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4010 * an array of nested frequency attributes
4011 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4012 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
4013 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4014 * defined in 802.11n
4015 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4016 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4017 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4018 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4019 * defined in 802.11ac
4020 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4021 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4022 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4023 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4024 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4025 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4026 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4027 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4028 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4029 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4030 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4031 */
4032enum nl80211_band_attr {
4033 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4034 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4035 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4036
4037 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4038 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4039 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4040 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4041
4042 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4043 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4044 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4045
4046 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4047 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4048
4049 /* keep last */
4050 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4051 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4052};
4053
4054#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4055
4056/**
4057 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4058 *
4059 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4060 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4061 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4062 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4063 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4064 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4065 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4066 */
4067enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4068 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4069 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4070 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4071 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4072 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4073
4074 /* keep last */
4075 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4076 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4077};
4078
4079/**
4080 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4081 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4082 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4083 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4084 * regulatory domain.
4085 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4086 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4087 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4088 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4089 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4090 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4091 * (100 * dBm).
4092 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4093 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4094 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
4095 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4096 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4097 * channel as the control channel
4098 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4099 * channel as the control channel
4100 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4101 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4102 * this includes 80+80 channels
4103 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4104 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4105 * isn't possible
4106 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4107 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4108 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4109 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4110 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4111 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4112 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4113 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4114 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4115 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4116 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4117 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4118 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4119 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4120 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4121 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4122 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4123 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4124 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4125 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4126 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4127 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4128 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4129 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4130 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4131 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4132 * in current regulatory domain.
4133 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4134 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4135 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4136 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4137 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4138 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4139 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4140 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4141 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4142 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4143 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4144 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4145 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4146 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4147 * in current regulatory domain.
4148 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4149 * currently defined
4150 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4151 *
4152 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4153 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4154 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4155 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4156 */
4157enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4158 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4159 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4160 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4161 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4162 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4163 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4164 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4165 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4166 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4167 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4168 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4169 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4170 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4171 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4172 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4173 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4174 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4175 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4176 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4177 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4178 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4179 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4180 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4181 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4182 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4183 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4184 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4185 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4186
4187 /* keep last */
4188 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4189 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4190};
4191
4192#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4193#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4194#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4195#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4196#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4197 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4198
4199/**
4200 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4201 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4202 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4203 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4204 * in 2.4 GHz band.
4205 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4206 * currently defined
4207 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4208 */
4209enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4210 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4211 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4212 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4213
4214 /* keep last */
4215 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4216 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4217};
4218
4219/**
4220 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4221 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4222 * regulatory domain.
4223 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4224 * regulatory domain.
4225 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4226 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4227 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4228 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4229 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4230 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4231 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4232 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4233 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4234 */
4235enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4236 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4237 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4238 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4239 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4240};
4241
4242/**
4243 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4244 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4245 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4246 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4247 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4248 * domain.
4249 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4250 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4251 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4252 * them to be applied.
4253 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4254 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4255 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4256 * domain request to be processed.
4257 */
4258enum nl80211_reg_type {
4259 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4260 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4261 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4262 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4263};
4264
4265/**
4266 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4267 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4268 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4269 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4270 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4271 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4272 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4273 * band edge.
4274 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4275 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4276 * band edge.
4277 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4278 * frequency range, in KHz.
4279 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4280 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4281 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4282 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4283 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4284 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4285 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4286 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4287 * currently defined
4288 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4289 */
4290enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4291 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4292 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4293
4294 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4295 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4296 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4297
4298 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4299 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4300
4301 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4302
4303 /* keep last */
4304 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4305 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4306};
4307
4308/**
4309 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4310 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4311 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4312 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4313 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4314 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4315 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4316 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4317 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4318 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4319 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4320 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4321 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4322 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4323 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4324 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4325 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4326 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4327 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4328 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4329 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4330 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4331 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4332 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4333 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4334 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4335 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4336 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4337 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4338 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4339 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4340 * attribute number currently defined
4341 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4342 */
4343enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4344 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4345
4346 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4347 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4348 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4349 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4350 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4351 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4352
4353 /* keep last */
4354 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4355 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4356 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4357};
4358
4359/* only for backward compatibility */
4360#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4361
4362/**
4363 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4364 *
4365 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4366 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4367 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4368 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4369 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4370 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4371 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4372 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4373 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4374 * beaconing.
4375 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4376 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4377 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4378 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4379 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4380 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4381 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4382 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4383 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4384 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4385 */
4386enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4387 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
4388 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
4389 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
4390 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
4391 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
4392 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
4393 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
4394 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
4395 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
4396 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
4397 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
4398 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
4399 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
4400 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
4401 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
4402 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
4403 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18,
4404};
4405
4406#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4407#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4408#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4409#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4410 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4411#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4412
4413/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4414#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4415
4416/**
4417 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4418 *
4419 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4420 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4421 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4422 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4423 */
4424enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4425 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4426 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4427 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4428 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
4429};
4430
4431/**
4432 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4433 *
4434 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4435 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4436 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4437 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4438 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4439 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4440 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4441 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4442 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4443 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4444 * supported feature.
4445 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4446 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4447 */
4448enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4449 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4450 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4451 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4452};
4453
4454/**
4455 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4456 *
4457 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4458 * when getting information about a survey.
4459 *
4460 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4461 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4462 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4463 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4464 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4465 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4466 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4467 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4468 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4469 * channel was sensed busy
4470 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4471 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4472 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4473 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4474 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4475 * (on this channel or globally)
4476 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4477 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4478 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4479 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4480 * currently defined
4481 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4482 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4483 */
4484enum nl80211_survey_info {
4485 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4486 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4487 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4488 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4489 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4490 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4491 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4492 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4493 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4494 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4495 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4496 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4497 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4498
4499 /* keep last */
4500 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4501 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4502};
4503
4504/* keep old names for compatibility */
4505#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4506#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4507#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4508#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4509#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4510
4511/**
4512 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4513 *
4514 * Monitor configuration flags.
4515 *
4516 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4517 *
4518 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4519 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4520 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4521 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4522 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4523 * overrides all other flags.
4524 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4525 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4526 *
4527 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4528 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4529 */
4530enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4531 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4532 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4533 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4534 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4535 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4536 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4537 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4538
4539 /* keep last */
4540 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4541 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4542};
4543
4544/**
4545 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4546 *
4547 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4548 * not known or has not been set yet.
4549 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4550 * in Awake state all the time.
4551 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4552 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4553 * neighbor's beacons.
4554 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4555 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4556 * for neighbor's beacons.
4557 *
4558 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4559 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4560 */
4561
4562enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4563 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4564 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4565 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4566 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4567
4568 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4569 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4570};
4571
4572/**
4573 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4574 *
4575 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4576 * active.
4577 *
4578 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4579 *
4580 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4581 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4582 *
4583 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4584 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4585 *
4586 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4587 * millisecond units
4588 *
4589 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4590 * on this mesh interface
4591 *
4592 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4593 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4594 * mesh
4595 *
4596 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4597 * point.
4598 *
4599 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4600 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4601 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4602 * set.
4603 *
4604 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4605 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4606 * target)
4607 *
4608 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4609 * (in milliseconds)
4610 *
4611 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4612 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4613 *
4614 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4615 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4616 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4617 *
4618 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4619 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4620 * reference element
4621 *
4622 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4623 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4624 * mesh
4625 *
4626 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4627 *
4628 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4629 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4630 *
4631 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4632 * root announcements are transmitted.
4633 *
4634 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4635 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4636 * Announcement frames.
4637 *
4638 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4639 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4640 * PERR element.
4641 *
4642 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4643 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4644 *
4645 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4646 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4647 * a peer link.
4648 *
4649 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4650 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4651 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4652 *
4653 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4654 *
4655 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4656 *
4657 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4658 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4659 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4660 *
4661 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4662 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4663 *
4664 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4665 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4666 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4667 *
4668 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4669 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4670 *
4671 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4672 *
4673 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4674 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4675 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4676 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4677 *
4678 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4679 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4680 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4681 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4682 *
4683 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4684 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4685 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4686 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4687 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4688 *
4689 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4690 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4691 * in the mesh formation field.
4692 *
4693 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4694 */
4695enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4696 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4697 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4698 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4699 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4700 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4701 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4702 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4703 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4704 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4705 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4706 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4707 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4708 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4709 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4710 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4711 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4712 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4713 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4714 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4715 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4716 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4717 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4718 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4719 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4720 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4721 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4722 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4723 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4724 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4725 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4726 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4727 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4728
4729 /* keep last */
4730 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4731 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4732};
4733
4734/**
4735 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4736 *
4737 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4738 * changed while the mesh is active.
4739 *
4740 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4741 *
4742 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4743 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4744 * default HWMP.
4745 *
4746 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4747 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4748 * metric.
4749 *
4750 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4751 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4752 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4753 * metrics in use.
4754 *
4755 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4756 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4757 *
4758 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4759 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4760 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4761 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4762 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4763 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4764 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4765 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4766 * userspace daemon.
4767 *
4768 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4769 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4770 * neighbor offset synchronization
4771 *
4772 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4773 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4774 *
4775 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4776 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4777 * Default is no authentication method required.
4778 *
4779 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4780 *
4781 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4782 */
4783enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4784 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4785 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4786 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4787 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4788 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4789 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4790 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4791 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4792 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4793
4794 /* keep last */
4795 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4796 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4797};
4798
4799/**
4800 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4801 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4802 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4803 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4804 * disabled
4805 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4806 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4807 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4808 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4809 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4810 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4811 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4812 */
4813enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4814 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4815 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4816 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4817 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4818 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4819 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4820
4821 /* keep last */
4822 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4823 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4824};
4825
4826enum nl80211_ac {
4827 NL80211_AC_VO,
4828 NL80211_AC_VI,
4829 NL80211_AC_BE,
4830 NL80211_AC_BK,
4831 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4832};
4833
4834/* backward compat */
4835#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4836#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4837#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4838#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4839#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4840
4841/**
4842 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4843 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4844 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4845 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4846 * below the control channel
4847 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4848 * above the control channel
4849 */
4850enum nl80211_channel_type {
4851 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4852 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4853 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4854 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4855};
4856
4857/**
4858 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4859 *
4860 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4861 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4862 *
4863 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4864 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4865 *
4866 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4867 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4868 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4869 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4870 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4871 */
4872enum nl80211_key_mode {
4873 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4874 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4875 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4876};
4877
4878/**
4879 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4880 *
4881 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4882 * attribute.
4883 *
4884 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4885 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4886 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4887 * attribute must be provided as well
4888 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4889 * attribute must be provided as well
4890 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4891 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4892 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4893 * attribute must be provided as well
4894 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4895 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4896 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4897 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4898 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4899 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4900 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4901 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4902 * attribute must be provided as well
4903 */
4904enum nl80211_chan_width {
4905 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4906 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4907 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4908 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4909 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4910 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4911 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4912 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4913 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4914 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4915 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4916 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4917 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4918 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
4919};
4920
4921/**
4922 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4923 *
4924 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4925 *
4926 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4927 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4928 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4929 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4930 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4931 */
4932enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4933 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4934 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4935 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4936 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4937 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4938};
4939
4940/**
4941 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4942 *
4943 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4944 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4945 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4946 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4947 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4948 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4949 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4950 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4951 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4952 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4953 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4954 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4955 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4956 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4957 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4958 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4959 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4960 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4961 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4962 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4963 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4964 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4965 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4966 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4967 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4968 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4969 * yet been received
4970 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4971 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4972 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4973 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4974 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4975 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4976 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4977 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4978 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4979 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4980 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4981 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4982 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4983 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4984 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4985 * is set.
4986 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4987 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4988 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4989 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4990 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
4991 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
4992 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4993 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4994 */
4995enum nl80211_bss {
4996 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4997 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4998 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4999 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5000 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5001 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5002 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5003 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5004 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5005 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5006 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5007 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5008 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5009 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5010 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5011 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5012 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5013 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5014 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5015 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5016 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5017 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5018 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5019
5020 /* keep last */
5021 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5022 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5023};
5024
5025/**
5026 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5027 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5028 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5029 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5030 * a given BSS.
5031 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5032 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5033 *
5034 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5035 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5036 */
5037enum nl80211_bss_status {
5038 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5039 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5040 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5041};
5042
5043/**
5044 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5045 *
5046 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5047 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5048 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5049 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5050 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5051 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5052 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5053 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5054 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5055 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5056 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5057 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5058 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5059 */
5060enum nl80211_auth_type {
5061 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5062 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5063 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5064 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5065 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5066 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5067 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5068 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5069
5070 /* keep last */
5071 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5072 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5073 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5074};
5075
5076/**
5077 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5078 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5079 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5080 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5081 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5082 */
5083enum nl80211_key_type {
5084 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5085 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5086 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5087
5088 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5089};
5090
5091/**
5092 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5093 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5094 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5095 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5096 */
5097enum nl80211_mfp {
5098 NL80211_MFP_NO,
5099 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5100 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5101};
5102
5103enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5104 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5105 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5106 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5107};
5108
5109/**
5110 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5111 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5112 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5113 * unicast key
5114 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5115 * multicast key
5116 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5117 */
5118enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5119 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5120 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5121 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5122
5123 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5124};
5125
5126/**
5127 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5128 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5129 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5130 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5131 * keys
5132 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5133 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5134 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5135 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5136 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5137 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5138 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5139 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5140 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5141 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5142 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5143 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5144 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5145 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5146 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5147 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5148 *
5149 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5150 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5151 */
5152enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5153 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5154 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5155 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5156 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5157 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5158 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5159 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5160 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5161 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5162 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5163 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5164
5165 /* keep last */
5166 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5167 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5168};
5169
5170/**
5171 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5172 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5173 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5174 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5175 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5176 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5177 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5178 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5179 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5180 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5181 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5182 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5183 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5184 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5185 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5186 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5187 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5188 */
5189enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5190 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5191 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5192 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5193 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5194 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5195 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5196 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5197 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5198
5199 /* keep last */
5200 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5201 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5202};
5203
5204#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5205#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5206
5207/**
5208 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5209 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5210 */
5211struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5212 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5213};
5214
5215#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5216/**
5217 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5218 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5219 */
5220struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5221 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5222};
5223
5224enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5225 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5226 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5227 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5228};
5229
5230/**
5231 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5232 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5233 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5234 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5235 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5236 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5237 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5238 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5239 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5240 */
5241enum nl80211_band {
5242 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5243 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5244 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5245 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5246 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5247 NL80211_BAND_LC,
5248
5249 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5250};
5251
5252/**
5253 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5254 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5255 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5256 */
5257enum nl80211_ps_state {
5258 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5259 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5260};
5261
5262/**
5263 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5264 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5265 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5266 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5267 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5268 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5269 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5270 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5271 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5272 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5273 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5274 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5275 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5276 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5277 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5278 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5279 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5280 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5281 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5282 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5283 * checked.
5284 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5285 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5286 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5287 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5288 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5289 * loss event
5290 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5291 * RSSI threshold event.
5292 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5293 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5294 */
5295enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5296 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5297 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5298 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5299 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5300 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5301 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5302 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5303 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5304 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5305 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5306
5307 /* keep last */
5308 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5309 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5310};
5311
5312/**
5313 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5314 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5315 * configured threshold
5316 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5317 * configured threshold
5318 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5319 */
5320enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5321 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5322 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5323 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5324};
5325
5326
5327/**
5328 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5329 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5330 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5331 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5332 */
5333enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5334 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5335 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5336 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5337};
5338
5339/**
5340 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5341 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5342 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5343 */
5344enum nl80211_tid_config {
5345 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5346 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5347};
5348
5349/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5350 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5351 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5352 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5353 */
5354enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5355 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5356 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5357 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5358};
5359
5360/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5361 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5362 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5363 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5364 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5365 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5366 * per peer instead.
5367 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5368 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5369 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5370 * should be left untouched.
5371 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5372 * Its type is u16.
5373 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5374 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5375 * Its type is u8.
5376 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5377 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5378 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5379 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5380 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5381 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5382 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5383 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5384 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5385 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5386 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5387 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5388 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5389 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5390 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5391 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5392 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5393 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5394 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5395 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5396 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5397 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5398 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5399 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5400 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5401 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5402 * station.
5403 */
5404enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5405 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5406 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5407 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5408 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5409 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5410 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5411 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5412 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5413 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5414 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5415 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5416 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5417 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5418 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5419
5420 /* keep last */
5421 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5422 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5423};
5424
5425/**
5426 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5427 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5428 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5429 * a zero bit are ignored
5430 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5431 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5432 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5433 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5434 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5435 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5436 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5437 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5438 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5439 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5440 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5441 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5442 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5443 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5444 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5445 */
5446enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5447 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5448 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5449 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5450 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5451
5452 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5453 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5454};
5455
5456/**
5457 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5458 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5459 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5460 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5461 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5462 *
5463 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5464 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5465 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5466 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5467 * by the kernel to userspace.
5468 */
5469struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5470 __u32 max_patterns;
5471 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5472 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5473 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5474} __attribute__((packed));
5475
5476/* only for backward compatibility */
5477#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5478#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5479#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5480#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5481#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5482#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5483#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5484
5485/**
5486 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5487 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5488 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5489 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5490 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5491 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5492 * any others are even supported by the device.
5493 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5494 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5495 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5496 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5497 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5498 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5499 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5500 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5501 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5502 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5503 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5504 *
5505 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5506 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5507 *
5508 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5509 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5510 * to the kernel when configuring.
5511 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5512 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5513 * by the device (flag)
5514 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5515 * done by the device) (flag)
5516 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5517 * packet (flag)
5518 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5519 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5520 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5521 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5522 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5523 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5524 * attribute contains the original length.
5525 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5526 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5527 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5528 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5529 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5530 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5531 * contains the original length.
5532 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5533 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5534 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5535 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5536 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5537 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5538 * the TCP connection.
5539 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5540 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5541 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5542 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5543 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5544 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5545 * service
5546 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5547 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5548 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5549 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5550 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5551 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5552 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5553 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5554 * supported by the driver (u32).
5555 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5556 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5557 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5558 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5559 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5560 * occurred.
5561 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5562 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5563 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5564 * these attributes must be present. If
5565 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5566 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5567 * channel.
5568 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5569 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5570 *
5571 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5572 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5573 */
5574enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5575 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5576 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5577 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5578 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5579 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5580 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5581 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5582 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5583 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5584 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5585 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5586 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5587 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5588 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5589 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5590 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5591 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5592 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5593 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5594 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5595
5596 /* keep last */
5597 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5598 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5599};
5600
5601/**
5602 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5603 *
5604 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5605 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5606 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5607 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5608 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5609 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5610 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5611 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5612 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5613 *
5614 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5615 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5616 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5617 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5618 * also woken up.
5619 *
5620 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5621 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5622 */
5623
5624/**
5625 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5626 * @start: starting value
5627 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5628 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5629 *
5630 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5631 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5632 * in little endian.
5633 */
5634struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5635 __u32 start, offset, len;
5636};
5637
5638/**
5639 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5640 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5641 * @len: length of each token
5642 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5643 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5644 */
5645struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5646 __u32 offset, len;
5647 __u8 token_stream[];
5648};
5649
5650/**
5651 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5652 * @min_len: minimum token length
5653 * @max_len: maximum token length
5654 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5655 */
5656struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5657 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5658};
5659
5660/**
5661 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5662 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5663 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5664 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5665 * (in network byte order)
5666 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5667 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5668 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5669 * might require ARP querying.
5670 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5671 * socket and port will be allocated
5672 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5673 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5674 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5675 * of the data payload.
5676 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5677 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5678 * advertising it is just a flag
5679 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5680 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5681 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5682 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5683 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5684 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5685 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5686 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5687 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5688 * but on the TCP payload only.
5689 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5690 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5691 */
5692enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5693 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5694 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5695 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5696 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5697 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5698 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5699 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5700 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5701 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5702 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5703 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5704 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5705
5706 /* keep last */
5707 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5708 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5709};
5710
5711/**
5712 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5713 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5714 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5715 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5716 *
5717 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5718 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5719 */
5720struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5721 __u32 max_rules;
5722 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5723 __u32 max_delay;
5724} __attribute__((packed));
5725
5726/**
5727 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5728 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5729 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5730 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5731 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5732 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5733 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5734 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5735 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5736 */
5737enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5738 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5739 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5740 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5741 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5742
5743 /* keep last */
5744 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5745 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5746};
5747
5748/**
5749 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5750 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5751 * in a rule are matched.
5752 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5753 * in a rule are not matched.
5754 */
5755enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5756 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5757 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5758};
5759
5760/**
5761 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5762 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5763 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5764 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5765 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5766 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5767 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5768 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5769 */
5770enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5771 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5772 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5773 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5774
5775 /* keep last */
5776 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5777 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5778};
5779
5780/**
5781 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5782 *
5783 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5784 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5785 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5786 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5787 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5788 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5789 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5790 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5791 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5792 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5793 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5794 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5795 * different channels may be used within this group.
5796 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5797 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5798 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5799 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5800 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5801 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5802 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5803 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5804 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5805 *
5806 * Examples:
5807 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5808 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5809 *
5810 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5811 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5812 *
5813 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5814 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5815 *
5816 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5817 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5818 *
5819 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5820 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5821 * that any of these groups must match.
5822 *
5823 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5824 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5825 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5826 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5827 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5828 */
5829enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5830 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5831 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5832 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5833 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5834 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5835 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5836 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5837 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5838
5839 /* keep last */
5840 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5841 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5842};
5843
5844
5845/**
5846 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5847 *
5848 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5849 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5850 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5851 * this mesh peer
5852 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5853 * from this mesh peer
5854 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5855 * received from this mesh peer
5856 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5857 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5858 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5859 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5860 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5861 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5862 */
5863enum nl80211_plink_state {
5864 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5865 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5866 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5867 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5868 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5869 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5870 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5871
5872 /* keep last */
5873 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5874 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5875};
5876
5877/**
5878 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5879 *
5880 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5881 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5882 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5883 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5884 */
5885enum plink_actions {
5886 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5887 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5888 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5889
5890 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5891};
5892
5893
5894#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5895#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5896#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5897#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5898#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32
5899#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5900
5901/**
5902 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5903 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5904 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5905 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5906 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5907 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5908 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5909 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5910 */
5911enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5912 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5913 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5914 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5915 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5916 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5917
5918 /* keep last */
5919 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5920 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5921};
5922
5923/**
5924 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5925 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5926 * Beacon frames)
5927 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5928 * in Beacon frames
5929 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5930 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5931 */
5932enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5933 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5934 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5935 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5936};
5937
5938/**
5939 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5940 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5941 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5942 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5943 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5944 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5945 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5946 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5947 */
5948enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5949 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5950 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5951 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5952
5953 /* keep last */
5954 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5955 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5956};
5957
5958/**
5959 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5960 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5961 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5962 * priority)
5963 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5964 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5965 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5966 * (internal)
5967 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5968 * (internal)
5969 */
5970enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5971 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5972 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5973 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5974 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5975
5976 /* keep last */
5977 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5978 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5979};
5980
5981/**
5982 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5983 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5984 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5985 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5986 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5987 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5988 */
5989enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5990 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5991 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5992 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5993 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5994 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5995};
5996
5997/**
5998 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5999 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6000 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6001 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6002 */
6003enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6004 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
6005};
6006
6007/**
6008 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6009 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6010 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6011 * socket option.
6012 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6013 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6014 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6015 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6016 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6017 * cellular base stations.
6018 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6019 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6020 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6021 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6022 * mode
6023 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6024 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6025 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6026 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6027 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6028 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6029 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6030 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6031 * setting
6032 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6033 * powersave
6034 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6035 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6036 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6037 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6038 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6039 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6040 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6041 * states using station flags.
6042 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6043 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6044 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6045 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6046 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6047 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6048 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6049 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6050 * still generated by the driver.
6051 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6052 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6053 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6054 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6055 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6056 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6057 * lifetime of a BSS.
6058 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6059 * Set IE to probe requests.
6060 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6061 * to probe requests.
6062 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6063 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6064 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6065 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6066 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6067 * Measurement Report action frame.
6068 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6069 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6070 * to enable dynack.
6071 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6072 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6073 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6074 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6075 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6076 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6077 * rts/cts handshake.
6078 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6079 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6080 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6081 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6082 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6083 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6084 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6085 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6086 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6087 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6088 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6089 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6090 * address mask/value will be used.
6091 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6092 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6093 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6094 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6095 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6096 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6097 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6098 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6099 */
6100enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6101 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
6102 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
6103 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
6104 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
6105 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
6106 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
6107 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
6108 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
6109 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
6110 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
6111 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
6112 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
6113 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
6114 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6115 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
6116 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
6117 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
6118 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
6119 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
6120 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
6121 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
6122 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
6123 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
6124 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
6125 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
6126 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
6127 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
6128 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
6129 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
6130 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
6131 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
6132 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
6133};
6134
6135/**
6136 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6137 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6138 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6139 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6140 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6141 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6142 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
6143 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6144 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6145 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6146 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6147 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6148 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6149 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6150 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6151 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6152 * (if available).
6153 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6154 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
6155 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6156 * (if available).
6157 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6158 * channel dwell time.
6159 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6160 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
6161 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6162 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6163 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6164 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6165 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6166 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6167 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6168 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6169 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6170 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6171 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6172 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6173 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6174 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6175 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6176 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6177 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6178 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6179 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6180 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6181 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6182 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6183 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6184 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6185 * be supported.
6186 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6187 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6188 * actual dwell time.
6189 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6190 * response
6191 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6192 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6193 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6194 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6195 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6196 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6197 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6198 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6199 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6200 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6201 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6202 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6203 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6204 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6205 * "radar detected" event.
6206 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6207 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6208 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6209 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6210 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6211 * TXQs.
6212 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6213 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6214 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6215 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6216 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6217 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6218 * timing measurement responder role.
6219 *
6220 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6221 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6222 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6223 * freeze the connection.
6224 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6225 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6226 *
6227 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6228 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6229 * scheduling.
6230 *
6231 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6232 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6233 *
6234 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6235 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6236 *
6237 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6238 * to a station.
6239 *
6240 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6241 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6242 *
6243 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6244 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6245 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6246 *
6247 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6248 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6249 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6250 *
6251 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6252 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6253 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6254 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6255 *
6256 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6257 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6258 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6259 *
6260 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6261 *
6262 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6263 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6264 *
6265 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6266 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6267 *
6268 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6269 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6270 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6271 * included in the scan request.
6272 *
6273 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6274 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6275 *
6276 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6277 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6278 *
6279 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6280 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6281 * command).
6282 *
6283 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6284 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6285 *
6286 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6287 * frames transmission
6288 *
6289 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6290 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6291 *
6292 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6293 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6294 *
6295 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6296 * exchange protocol.
6297 *
6298 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6299 * exchange protocol.
6300 *
6301 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6302 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6303 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6304 *
6305 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6306 * detection and change announcemnts.
6307 *
6308 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6309 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6310 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6311 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6312 *
6313 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6314 * detection.
6315 *
6316 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6317 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6318 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6319 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6320 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6321 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6322 * in progress, and no active connections.
6323 *
6324 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6325 *
6326 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6327 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6328 *
6329 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6330 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6331 */
6332enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6333 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6334 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6335 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6336 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6337 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6338 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6339 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6340 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6341 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6342 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6343 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6344 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6345 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6346 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6347 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6348 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6349 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6350 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6351 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6352 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6353 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6354 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6355 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6356 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6357 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6358 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6359 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6360 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6361 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6362 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6363 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6364 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6365 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6366 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6367 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6368 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6369 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6370 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6371 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6372 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6373 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6374 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6375 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6376 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6377 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6378 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6379 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6380 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6381 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6382 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6383 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6384 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6385 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6386 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6387 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6388 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6389 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6390 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6391 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6392 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6393 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6394 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6395 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6396 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6397 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
6398 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
6399
6400 /* add new features before the definition below */
6401 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6402 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6403};
6404
6405/**
6406 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6407 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6408 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6409 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6410 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6411 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6412 * to the host.
6413 *
6414 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6415 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6416 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6417 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6418 */
6419enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6420 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6421 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6422 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6423 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6424};
6425
6426/**
6427 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6428 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6429 * handled by the AP is reached.
6430 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6431 */
6432enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6433 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6434 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6435};
6436
6437/**
6438 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6439 *
6440 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6441 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6442 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6443 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6444 */
6445enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6446 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6447 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6448 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6449 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6450};
6451
6452/**
6453 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6454 *
6455 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6456 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6457 * requests.
6458 *
6459 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6460 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6461 * one of them can be used in the request.
6462 *
6463 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6464 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6465 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6466 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6467 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6468 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6469 * when really needed
6470 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6471 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6472 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6473 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6474 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6475 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6476 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6477 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6478 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6479 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6480 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6481 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6482 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6483 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6484 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6485 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6486 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6487 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6488 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6489 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6490 * SSID and/or RSSI.
6491 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6492 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6493 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6494 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6495 * impacted with this flag.
6496 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6497 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6498 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6499 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6500 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6501 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6502 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6503 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6504 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6505 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6506 * possible.
6507 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6508 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6509 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6510 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6511 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6512 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6513 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6514 * 2.4/5 GHz APs
6515 */
6516enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6517 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6518 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6519 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6520 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6521 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6522 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6523 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6524 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6525 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6526 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6527 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6528 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6529 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6530 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6531 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6532};
6533
6534/**
6535 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6536 *
6537 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6538 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6539 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6540 *
6541 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6542 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6543 * in ACL to authenticate.
6544 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6545 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6546 */
6547enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6548 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6549 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6550};
6551
6552/**
6553 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6554 *
6555 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6556 *
6557 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6558 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6559 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6560 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6561 */
6562enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6563 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6564 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6565 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6566
6567 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6568 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6569};
6570
6571/**
6572 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6573 *
6574 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6575 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6576 *
6577 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6578 * now unusable.
6579 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6580 * the channel is now available.
6581 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6582 * change to the channel status.
6583 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6584 * over, channel becomes usable.
6585 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6586 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6587 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6588 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6589 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6590 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6591 */
6592enum nl80211_radar_event {
6593 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6594 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6595 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6596 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6597 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6598 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6599};
6600
6601/**
6602 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6603 *
6604 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6605 *
6606 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6607 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6608 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6609 * is therefore marked as not available.
6610 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6611 */
6612enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6613 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6614 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6615 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6616};
6617
6618/**
6619 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6620 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6621 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6622 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6623 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6624 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6625 */
6626enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6627 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6628};
6629
6630/**
6631 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6632 *
6633 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6634 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6635 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6636 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6637 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6638 */
6639enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6640 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6641 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6642 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6643 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6644 /* add other protocols before this one */
6645 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6646};
6647
6648/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6649#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6650
6651/**
6652 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6653 *
6654 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6655 *
6656 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6657 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6658 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6659 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6660 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6661 */
6662enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6663 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6664 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6665};
6666
6667/*
6668 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6669 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6670 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6671 */
6672#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6673
6674/**
6675 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6676 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6677 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6678 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6679 * added to this file when needed.
6680 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6681 */
6682struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6683 __u32 vendor_id;
6684 __u32 subcmd;
6685};
6686
6687/**
6688 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6689 *
6690 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6691 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6692 *
6693 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6694 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6695 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6696 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6697 */
6698enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6699 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6700 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6701 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6702 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6703};
6704
6705/**
6706 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6707 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6708 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6709 * seconds (u32).
6710 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6711 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6712 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6713 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6714 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6715 * currently defined
6716 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6717 */
6718enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6719 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6720 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6721 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6722
6723 /* keep last */
6724 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6725 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6726 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6727};
6728
6729/**
6730 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6731 *
6732 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6733 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6734 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6735 */
6736struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6737 __u8 band;
6738 __s8 delta;
6739} __attribute__((packed));
6740
6741/**
6742 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6743 *
6744 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6745 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6746 * is requested.
6747 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6748 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6749 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6750 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6751 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6752 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6753 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6754 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6755 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6756 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6757 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6758 *
6759 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6760 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6761 * which the driver shall use.
6762 */
6763enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6764 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6765 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6766 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6767 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6768
6769 /* keep last */
6770 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6771 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6772};
6773
6774/**
6775 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6776 *
6777 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6778 *
6779 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6780 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6781 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6782 */
6783enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6784 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6785 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6786 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6787
6788 /* keep last */
6789 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6790 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6791};
6792
6793/**
6794 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6795 *
6796 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6797 *
6798 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6799 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6800 */
6801enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6802 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6803 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6804};
6805
6806/**
6807 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6808 *
6809 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6810 *
6811 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6812 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6813 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6814 */
6815enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6816 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6817 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6818 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6819};
6820
6821#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6822#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6823#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6824
6825/**
6826 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6827 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6828 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6829 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6830 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6831 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6832 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6833 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6834 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6835 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6836 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6837 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6838 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6839 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6840 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6841 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6842 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6843 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6844 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6845 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6846 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6847 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6848 * This is a flag.
6849 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6850 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6851 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6852 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6853 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6854 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6855 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6856 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6857 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6858 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6859 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6860 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6861 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6862 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6863 *
6864 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6865 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6866 */
6867enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6868 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6869 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6870 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6871 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6872 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6873 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6874 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6875 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6876 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6877 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6878 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6879 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6880 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6881 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6882 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6883 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6884 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6885
6886 /* keep last */
6887 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6888 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6889};
6890
6891/**
6892 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6893 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6894 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6895 * This is a flag.
6896 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6897 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6898 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6899 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6900 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6901 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6902 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6903 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6904 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6905 */
6906enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6907 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6908 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6909 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6910 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6911 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6912
6913 /* keep last */
6914 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6915 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6916};
6917
6918/**
6919 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6920 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6921 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6922 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6923 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6924 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6925 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6926 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6927 *
6928 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6929 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6930 */
6931enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6932 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6933 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6934 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6935
6936 /* keep last */
6937 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6938 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6939};
6940
6941/**
6942 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6943 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6944 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6945 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6946 */
6947enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6948 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6949 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6950};
6951
6952/**
6953 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6954 * responder attributes
6955 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6956 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6957 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6958 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6959 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6960 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6961 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6962 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6963 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6964 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6965 */
6966enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6967 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6968
6969 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6970 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6971 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6972
6973 /* keep last */
6974 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6975 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6976};
6977
6978/*
6979 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6980 *
6981 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6982 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6983 *
6984 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6985 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6986 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6987 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6988 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6989 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6990 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6991 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6992 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6993 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6994 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6995 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6996 * phase with the responder (u32)
6997 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6998 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6999 * FTM slot (u32)
7000 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7001 * scheduled window (u32)
7002 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7003 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7004 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7005 */
7006enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7007 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7008 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7009 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7010 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7011 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7012 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7013 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7014 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7015 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7016 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7017 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7018
7019 /* keep last */
7020 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7021 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7022};
7023
7024/**
7025 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7026 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7027 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7028 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7029 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7030 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7031 */
7032enum nl80211_preamble {
7033 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7034 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7035 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7036 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7037 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7038};
7039
7040/**
7041 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7042 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7043 * these numbers also for attributes
7044 *
7045 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7046 *
7047 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7048 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7049 */
7050enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7051 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7052
7053 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7054
7055 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7056 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7057};
7058
7059/**
7060 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7061 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7062 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7063 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7064 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7065 * reason may be available in the response data
7066 */
7067enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7068 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7069 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7070 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7071 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7072};
7073
7074/**
7075 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7076 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7077 *
7078 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7079 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7080 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7081 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7082 * (flag attribute)
7083 *
7084 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7085 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7086 */
7087enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7088 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7089
7090 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7091 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7092
7093 /* keep last */
7094 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7095 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7096};
7097
7098/**
7099 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7100 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7101 *
7102 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7103 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7104 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7105 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7106 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7107 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7108 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7109 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7110 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7111 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7112 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7113 * (u64, usec)
7114 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7115 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7116 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7117 * result.
7118 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7119 *
7120 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7121 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7122 */
7123enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7124 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7125
7126 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7127 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7128 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7129 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7130 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7131 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7132
7133 /* keep last */
7134 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7135 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7136};
7137
7138/**
7139 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7140 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7141 *
7142 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7143 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7144 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7145 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7146 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7147 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7148 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7149 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7150 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7151 *
7152 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7153 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7154 */
7155enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7156 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7157
7158 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7159 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7160 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7161 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7162
7163 /* keep last */
7164 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7165 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7166};
7167
7168/**
7169 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7170 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7171 *
7172 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7173 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7174 * measurements can be done with in a single request
7175 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7176 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7177 * measurement results
7178 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7179 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7180 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7181 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7182 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7183 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7184 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7185 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7186 * sub-attributes taken from
7187 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7188 *
7189 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7190 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7191 */
7192enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7193 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7194
7195 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7196 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7197 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7198 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7199 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7200
7201 /* keep last */
7202 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7203 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7204};
7205
7206/**
7207 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7208 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7209 *
7210 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7211 * is supported
7212 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7213 * mode is supported
7214 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7215 * data can be requested during the measurement
7216 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7217 * location data can be requested during the measurement
7218 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7219 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7220 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7221 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7222 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7223 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7224 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7225 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7226 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7227 * is valid)
7228 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7229 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7230 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7231 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7232 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7233 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7234 *
7235 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7236 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7237 */
7238enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7239 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7240
7241 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7242 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7243 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7244 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7245 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7246 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7247 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7248 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7249 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7250 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7251
7252 /* keep last */
7253 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7254 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7255};
7256
7257/**
7258 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7259 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7260 *
7261 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7262 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7263 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7264 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7265 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7266 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7267 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7268 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7269 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7270 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7271 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7272 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7273 * requested per burst
7274 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7275 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7276 * (u8, default 3)
7277 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7278 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7279 * (flag)
7280 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7281 * measurement (flag).
7282 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7283 * mutually exclusive.
7284 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7285 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7286 * ranging will be used.
7287 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7288 * ranging measurement (flag)
7289 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7290 * mutually exclusive.
7291 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7292 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7293 * ranging will be used.
7294 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7295 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7296 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7297 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7298 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7299 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7300 *
7301 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7302 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7303 */
7304enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7305 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7306
7307 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7308 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7309 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7310 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7311 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7312 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7313 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7314 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7315 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7316 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7317 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7318 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7319 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7320
7321 /* keep last */
7322 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7323 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7324};
7325
7326/**
7327 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7328 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7329 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7330 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7331 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7332 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7333 * try and get no response)
7334 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7335 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7336 * received
7337 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7338 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7339 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7340 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7341 */
7342enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7343 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7344 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7345 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7346 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7347 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7348 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7349 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7350 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7351};
7352
7353/**
7354 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7355 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7356 *
7357 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7358 * (u32, optional)
7359 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7360 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7361 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7362 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7363 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7364 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7365 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7366 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7367 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7368 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7369 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7370 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7371 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7372 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7373 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7374 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7375 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7376 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7377 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7378 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7379 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7380 * attributes)
7381 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7382 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7383 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7384 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7385 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7386 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7387 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7388 * optional)
7389 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7390 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7391 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7392 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7393 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7394 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7395 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7396 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7397 * Type 8.
7398 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7399 * (binary, optional);
7400 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7401 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7402 * Type 11.
7403 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7404 *
7405 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7406 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7407 */
7408enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7409 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7410
7411 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7412 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7413 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7414 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7415 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7416 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7417 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7418 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7419 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7420 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7421 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7422 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7423 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7424 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7425 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7426 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7427 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7428 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7429 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7430 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7431 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7432
7433 /* keep last */
7434 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7435 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7436};
7437
7438/**
7439 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7440 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7441 *
7442 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7443 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7444 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7445 * tx power offset.
7446 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7447 * values used by members of the SRG.
7448 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7449 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7450 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7451 *
7452 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7453 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7454 */
7455enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7456 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7457
7458 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7459 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7460 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7461 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7462 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7463 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7464
7465 /* keep last */
7466 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7467 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7468};
7469
7470/**
7471 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7472 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7473 *
7474 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7475 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7476 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7477 *
7478 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7479 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7480 */
7481enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7482 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7483
7484 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7485 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7486 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7487
7488 /* keep last */
7489 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7490 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7491};
7492
7493/**
7494 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7495 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7496 *
7497 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7498 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7499 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7500 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7501 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7502 *
7503 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7504 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7505 */
7506enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7507 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7508
7509 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7510 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7511
7512 /* keep last */
7513 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7514 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7515};
7516
7517/**
7518 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7519 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7520 *
7521 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7522 *
7523 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7524 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7525 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7526 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7527 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7528 * frame including the headers.
7529 *
7530 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7531 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7532 */
7533enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7534 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7535
7536 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7537 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7538 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7539
7540 /* keep last */
7541 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7542 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7543};
7544
7545/*
7546 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7547 * mandatory fields.
7548 */
7549#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7550
7551/**
7552 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7553 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7554 *
7555 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7556 *
7557 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7558 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7559 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7560 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7561 * frame template (binary).
7562 *
7563 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7564 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7565 */
7566enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7567 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7568
7569 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7570 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7571
7572 /* keep last */
7573 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7574 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7575 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7576};
7577
7578/**
7579 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7580 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7581 * used.
7582 *
7583 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7584 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7585 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7586 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7587 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7588 * can be used.
7589 */
7590enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7591 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7592 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7593 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7594 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7595};
7596
7597/**
7598 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7599 *
7600 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7601 *
7602 */
7603enum nl80211_sar_type {
7604 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7605
7606 /* add new type here */
7607
7608 /* Keep last */
7609 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7610};
7611
7612/**
7613 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7614 *
7615 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7616 *
7617 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7618 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7619 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7620 *
7621 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7622 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7623 *
7624 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7625 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7626 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7627 *
7628 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7629 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7630 *
7631 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7632 */
7633enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7634 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7635
7636 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7637 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7638
7639 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7640 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7641};
7642
7643/**
7644 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7645 *
7646 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7647 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7648 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7649 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7650 *
7651 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7652 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7653 * is applied to this range.
7654 *
7655 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7656 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7657 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7658 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7659 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7660 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7661 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7662 *
7663 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7664 *
7665 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7666 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7667 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7668 *
7669 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7670 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7671 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7672 *
7673 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7674 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7675 */
7676enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7677 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7678
7679 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7680 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7681 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7682 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7683
7684 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7685 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7686};
7687
7688/**
7689 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7690 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7691 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7692 * MBSSID and EMA.
7693 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7694 * features.
7695 *
7696 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7697 *
7698 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7699 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7700 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7701 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7702 *
7703 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7704 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7705 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7706 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7707 * a non-zero value.
7708 *
7709 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7710 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7711 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7712 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7713 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7714 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7715 *
7716 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7717 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7718 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7719 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7720 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7721 * the interface index of the same.
7722 *
7723 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7724 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7725 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7726 *
7727 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7728 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7729 */
7730enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7731 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7732
7733 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7734 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7735 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7736 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7737 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7738
7739 /* keep last */
7740 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7741 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7742};
7743
7744/**
7745 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7746 *
7747 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7748 * authentication.
7749 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7750 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7751 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7752 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7753 * userspace.
7754 */
7755enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7756 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
7757 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
7758};
7759
7760#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */